diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/mcc-help/it.po')
-rw-r--r-- | docs/mcc-help/it.po | 9620 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9620 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po deleted file mode 100644 index d1eb0dcc..00000000 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9620 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# -# Translators: -# Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014. -# Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>, 2014-2015. -# killer1987 <marcello.anni@alice.it>, 2013. -# _pmat_ <matteo.pasotti@gmail.com>, 2014. -# Matteo Pasotti <matteo@mageia.it>, 2013-2014. -# Roberto91 <robh91@hotmail.it>, 2014. -# Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>, 2015. -# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:38+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" -"Language: it\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"it/)\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 -msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" -msgstr "Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 -msgid "diskdrake --dav" -msgstr "diskdrake --dav" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 -msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " -"WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " -"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " -"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 -#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 -msgid "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " -"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " -"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " -"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " -"server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un " -"protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, " -"così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la " -"macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo " -"strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 -msgid "Creating a new entry" -msgstr "Crea una nuova voce" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 -msgid "" -"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " -"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " -"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se " -"presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una " -"nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 -msgid "" -"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " -"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." -msgstr "" -"Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare " -"alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> " -"cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, " -"in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai " -"comunque correggerlo, se necessario." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 -msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 -msgid "" -"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " -"point." -msgstr "" -"Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo " -"punto di montaggio." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 -msgid "" -"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " -"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se " -"necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</" -"guibutton>." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 -msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 -msgid "" -"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " -"access." -msgstr "" -"L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente " -"l'accesso." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 -msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio " -"<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente " -"ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto " -"<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le " -"modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi " -"che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua " -"configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 -msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" -msgstr "Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 -msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" -msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 -msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " -"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " -"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " -"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente " -"a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle " -"proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale " -"che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o " -"Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 -msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, " -"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 -msgid "" -"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " -"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " -"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " -"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " -"created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "" -"Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di " -"condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su " -"<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti " -"gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per " -"tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la " -"risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli " -"utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono " -"appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. " -"Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 -msgid "" -"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " -"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " -"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " -"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " -"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " -"required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà " -"proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</" -"guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema " -"operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include " -"sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</" -"guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 -msgid "" -"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " -"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " -"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " -"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " -"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>" -msgstr "" -"La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione " -"Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare " -"Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati " -"a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, " -"clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su " -"<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo " -"fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni " -"su Userdrake, guarda <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">questa pagina</xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 -msgid "" -"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " -"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e " -"riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 -msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " -"have this facility." -msgstr "" -"D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare " -"nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i " -"gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità." - -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 -#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 -msgid "en" -msgstr "it" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 -msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" -msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 -msgid "diskdrake --nfs" -msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 -msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 -msgid "." -msgstr "." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " -"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " -"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " -"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di " -"dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti " -"sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior " -"parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi " -"disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere " -"anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con " -"strumenti quali i file browser." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 -msgid "Procedure" -msgstr "Procedura" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 -msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " -"which share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " -"server che condividono directory." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 -msgid "" -"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " -"shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista " -"delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 -msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 -msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e " -"dovrai specificare dove montare la directory." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 -msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 -msgid "" -"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " -"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " -"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e " -"cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. " -"Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 -msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 -msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 -msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " -"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " -"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " -"browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, " -"un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/" -"fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se " -"la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo " -"file browser, per esempio Dolphin." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 -msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 -msgid "CD/DVD burner" -msgstr "Masterizzatore di CD/DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 -msgid "diskdrake --removable" -msgstr "diskdrake --removable" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 -msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " -"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " -"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 -msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile " -"è montato." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 -msgid "" -"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " -"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " -"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 -msgid "Mount point" -msgstr "Punto di mount" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 -msgid "" -"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è /" -"media/cdrom" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "Opzioni" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "" -"Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista " -"o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 -msgid "user/nouser" -msgstr "user/nouser" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 -msgid "" -"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " -"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " -"the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 -msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" -msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 -msgid "diskdrake --smb" -msgstr "diskdrake --smb" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root: " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " -"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " -"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " -"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 -msgid "" -"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " -"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del " -"server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 -msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " -"server che condividono cartelle." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 -msgid "" -"Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " -"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 -msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " -"have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 -msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 -msgid "" -"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " -"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " -"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 -msgid "" -"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " -"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " -"with the same button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 -msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 -msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 -msgid "" -"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " -"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " -"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 -msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" -msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drak3d.xml:3 -msgid "3D Desktop Effects" -msgstr "Effetti Schermo 3D" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drak3d.xml:5 -msgid "drak3d" -msgstr "drak3d" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drak3d.xml:10 -msgid "drak3d.png" -msgstr "drak3d.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:18 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:17 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " -"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " -"default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drak3d.xml:25 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Iniziamo" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:27 -msgid "" -"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " -"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " -"start." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:31 -msgid "" -"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " -"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:38 -msgid "" -"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drak3d.xml:45 -msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" -msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:49 -msgid "" -"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " -"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " -"for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:53 -msgid "" -"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " -"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drak3d.xml:59 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/drak3d.xml:62 -msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" -msgstr "Non vedo lo schermo dopo il log in" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:64 -msgid "" -"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " -"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " -"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drak3d.xml:71 -msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" -msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/drak3d.xml:75 -msgid "" -"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " -"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakauth.xml:9 -msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Autenticazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakauth.xml:11 -msgid "drakauth" -msgstr "drakauth" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakauth.xml:16 -msgid "drakauth.png" -msgstr "drakauth.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakauth.xml:21 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakauth.xml:21 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakauth.xml:25 -msgid "" -"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " -"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " -"and give information about that." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:3 -msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" -msgstr "Imposta l'accesso automatico" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:6 -msgid "drakautologin" -msgstr "drakautologin" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:11 -msgid "drakautologin.png" -msgstr "drakautologin.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">drakautologin</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " -"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " -"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " -"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:22 -msgid "" -"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " -"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:26 -msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" -msgstr "I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:28 -msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " -"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakautologin.xml:34 -msgid "" -"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " -"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " -"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " -"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakboot.xml:3 -msgid "Set up boot system" -msgstr "Configura l'avvio del sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakboot.xml:5 -msgid "drakboot" -msgstr "drakboot" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:10 -msgid "drakboot--boot.png" -msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is " -"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition " -"(ESP)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:20 -msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" -msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:25 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:24 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " -"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " -"boot, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di " -"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non " -"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:29 -msgid "" -"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up " -"boot system\"." -msgstr "" -"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, " -"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:33 -msgid "" -"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " -"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "" -"Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai facendo. " -"Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di eseguire il " -"boot!" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:38 -msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if " -"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, " -"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question " -"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the " -"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you " -"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any " -"modification can prevent your machine from booting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:46 -msgid "" -"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is " -"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common " -"to all operating systems installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:50 -msgid "" -"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " -"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the " -"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:57 -msgid "" -"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " -"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and " -"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change " -"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:63 -msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:66 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:68 -msgid "" -"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " -"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " -"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " -"compatible." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:73 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:75 -msgid "" -"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " -"multicore processors." -msgstr "" -"SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori " -"multicore." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:79 -msgid "" -"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " -"processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "" -"Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore " -"dual e abiliterà SMP." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:83 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:86 -msgid "" -"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " -"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " -"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses " -"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " -"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " -"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:97 -msgid "drakboot1.png" -msgstr "drakboot1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:101 -msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot " -"loader you chose." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:106 -msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:108 -msgid "" -"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot " -"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu " -"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you " -"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> " -"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or " -"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be " -"able to use these tools." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:118 -msgid "drakboot2.png" -msgstr "drakboot2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:122 -msgid "" -"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " -"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " -"example: Mageia3." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:126 -msgid "" -"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " -"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:129 -msgid "" -"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " -"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160 -msgid "" -"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " -"the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:136 -msgid "" -"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " -"entry by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:139 -msgid "" -"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " -"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend=" -"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:147 -msgid "" -"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in " -"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:150 -msgid "" -"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> " -"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:156 -msgid "drakboot3.png" -msgstr "drakboot3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:163 -msgid "" -"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them " -"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box " -"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:167 -msgid "" -"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable " -"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not " -"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:175 -msgid "drakboot6.png" -msgstr "drakboot6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:180 -msgid "" -"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable " -"unless chain loaded from another OS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakboot.xml:184 -msgid "" -"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub " -"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakboot.xml:190 -msgid "drakboot4.png" -msgstr "drakboot4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 -msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 -msgid "drakbug_report" -msgstr "drakbug_report" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " -"used on the command line." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 -msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 -msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." -msgstr "" -"L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza " -"cancellare le parti non necessarie." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 -msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" -msgstr "Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 -msgid "lspci" -msgstr "lspci" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30 -msgid "pci_devices" -msgstr "pci_devices" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31 -msgid "dmidecode" -msgstr "dmidecode" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32 -msgid "fdisk" -msgstr "fdisk" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33 -msgid "scsi" -msgstr "scsi" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34 -msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" -msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35 -msgid "lsmod" -msgstr "lsmod" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36 -msgid "cmdline" -msgstr "cmdline" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37 -msgid "pcmcia: stab" -msgstr "pcmcia: stab" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38 -msgid "usb" -msgstr "usb" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39 -msgid "partitions" -msgstr "partizioni" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40 -msgid "cpuinfo" -msgstr "cpuinfo" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41 -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42 -msgid "Xorg.log" -msgstr "Xorg.log" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 -msgid "monitor_full_edid" -msgstr "monitor_full_edid" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 -msgid "stage1.log" -msgstr "stage1.log" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45 -msgid "ddebug.log" -msgstr "ddebug.log" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46 -msgid "install.log" -msgstr "install.log" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47 -msgid "fstab" -msgstr "fstab" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48 -msgid "modprobe.conf" -msgstr "modprobe.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49 -msgid "lilo.conf" -msgstr "lilo.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50 -msgid "grub: menu.lst" -msgstr "grub: menu.lst" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51 -msgid "grub: install.sh" -msgstr "grub: install.sh" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52 -msgid "grub: device.map" -msgstr "grub: device.map" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53 -msgid "xorg.conf" -msgstr "xorg.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54 -msgid "urpmi.cfg" -msgstr "urpmi.cfg" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55 -msgid "modprobe.preload" -msgstr "modprobe.preload" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56 -msgid "sysconfig/i18n" -msgstr "sysconfig/i18n" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57 -msgid "/proc/iomem" -msgstr "/proc/iomem" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58 -msgid "/proc/ioport" -msgstr "/proc/ioport" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 -msgid "mageia version" -msgstr "Versione di Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 -msgid "rpm -qa" -msgstr "rpm -qa" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61 -msgid "df" -msgstr "df" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 -msgid "" -"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " -"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakbug.xml:9 -msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool" -msgstr "Strumento per la segnalazione di bug di Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakbug.xml:9 -msgid "drakbug" -msgstr "drakbug" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakbug.xml:15 -msgid "drakbug.png" -msgstr "drakbug.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakbug.xml:19 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakbug.xml:19 -msgid "" -"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakbug.xml:21 -msgid "" -"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakbug.xml:23 -msgid "" -"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " -"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " -"that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakclock.xml:3 -msgid "Manage date and time" -msgstr "Modifica data e ora" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakclock.xml:5 -msgid "drakclock" -msgstr "drakclock" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakclock.xml:10 -msgid "drakclock.png" -msgstr "drakclock.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:21 -msgid "It's a very simple tool." -msgstr "E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:23 -msgid "" -"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " -"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " -"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:29 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " -"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:34 -msgid "" -"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " -"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:40 -msgid "" -"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " -"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " -"nearest town." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakclock.xml:45 -msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 -msgid "Remove a connection" -msgstr "Rimuovi una connessione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 -msgid "drakconnect --del" -msgstr "drakconnect --del" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 -msgid "drakconnect--del.png" -msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 -msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 -msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 -msgid "" -"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " -"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " -"successfully." -msgstr "" -"Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con " -"successo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:3 -msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" -msgstr "Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:6 -msgid "drakconnect" -msgstr "drakconnect" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:11 -msgid "drakconnect.png" -msgstr "drakconnect.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:19 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">drakconnect</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:18 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " -"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " -"your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:25 -msgid "" -"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " -"and provider you have." -msgstr "" -"Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware " -"e provider possiedi." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:30 -msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" -msgstr "Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 -msgid "" -"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " -"to configure." -msgstr "" -"La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da " -"configurare." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 -msgid "" -"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 -msgid "Automatic IP" -msgstr "IP automatico" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:48 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " -"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " -"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:62 -msgid "drakconnect5.png" -msgstr "drakconnect5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 -msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" -msgstr "Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 -msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 -msgid "the DHCP client" -msgstr "il client DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 -msgid "DHCP timeout" -msgstr "DHCP timeout" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 -msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 -msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 -msgid "" -"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " -"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " -"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 -msgid "" -"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " -"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione manuale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:115 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " -"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " -"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " -"attributed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 -msgid "" -"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:126 -msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:136 -msgid "drakconnect30.png" -msgstr "drakconnect30.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:780 -msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:150 -msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 -msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:158 -msgid "A new Cable modem connection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:172 -msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:176 -msgid "None" -msgstr "Nessuno" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:180 -msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:191 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " -"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " -"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:252 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " -"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " -"attributed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:263 -msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:273 -msgid "drakconnect32.png" -msgstr "drakconnect32.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:287 -msgid "A new DSL connection" -msgstr "Una nuova connessione DSL" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:291 -msgid "" -"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " -"configure it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 -msgid "" -"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 -msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" -msgstr "Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:307 -msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -msgstr "Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:311 -msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione TCP/IP manuale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:315 -msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" -msgstr "PPP tramite ADSL (PPPoA)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:319 -msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" -msgstr "PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:323 -msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" -msgstr "Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:329 -msgid "Access settings" -msgstr "Impostazioni di accesso" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 -msgid "Account Login (user name)" -msgstr "Login dell'account (nome utente)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 -msgid "Account password" -msgstr "Password dell'account" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:341 -msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:345 -msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:357 -msgid "A new ISDN connection" -msgstr "Una nuova connessione ISDN" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 -msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:365 -msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" -msgstr "Scelta manuale (scheda ISDN interna)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:369 -msgid "External ISDN modem" -msgstr "Modem ISDN esterno" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:375 -msgid "" -"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " -"Select your card." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:384 -msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" -msgstr "Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:389 -msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" -msgstr "Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:395 -msgid "" -"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:402 -msgid "Connection name" -msgstr "Nome connessione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:406 -msgid "Phone number" -msgstr "Numero telefonico" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:410 -msgid "Login ID" -msgstr "ID di accesso" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:418 -msgid "Authentication method" -msgstr "Metodo autenticazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:424 -msgid "" -"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " -"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:430 -msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:436 -msgid "Domain name" -msgstr "Nome dominio" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:440 -msgid "First and second DNS Server" -msgstr "Primo e secondo DNS Server" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:444 -msgid "" -"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " -"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:452 -msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:464 -msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" -msgstr "Una nuova connessione Wireless (WiFi)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:468 -msgid "" -"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " -"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " -"only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:475 -msgid "" -"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " -"the card has detected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:480 -msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:484 -msgid "drakconnect31.png" -msgstr "drakconnect31.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:490 -msgid "Operating mode:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:494 -msgid "Managed" -msgstr "Con access point (Managed)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:497 -msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." -msgstr "Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente)." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:503 -msgid "Ad-Hoc" -msgstr "Ad-Hoc" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:506 -msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." -msgstr "Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:514 -msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" -msgstr "Nome del network (ESSID)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:518 -msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:523 -msgid "WPA/WPA2" -msgstr "WPA/WPA2" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:526 -msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "" -"Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo " -"consente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:532 -msgid "WEP" -msgstr "WEP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:535 -msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "" -"Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:543 -msgid "Encryption key" -msgstr "Chiave di cifratura" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." -msgstr "E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:552 -msgid "" -"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " -"manual IP address." -msgstr "" -"A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo " -"IP manuale." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:561 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " -"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " -"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " -"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " -"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " -"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " -"DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:589 -msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:608 -msgid "" -"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " -"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:619 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:625 -msgid "" -"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:630 -msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:644 -msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" -msgstr "Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:648 -msgid "" -"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " -"configure it." -msgstr "" -"Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di " -"selezionarne una e di configurarla." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." -msgstr "Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:658 -msgid "" -"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:670 -msgid "Provide access settings" -msgstr "Fornire impostazioni di accesso" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:674 -msgid "Access Point Name" -msgstr "Nome dell'access point" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:694 -msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" -msgstr "Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:702 -msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:710 -msgid "Manual choice" -msgstr "Scelta manuale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:714 -msgid "Detected hardware, if any." -msgstr "Hardware identificato, se esistente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:720 -msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." -msgstr "Una lista di porte è proposta. Seleziona la tua." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:724 -msgid "" -"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " -"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:729 -msgid "" -"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:736 -msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:740 -msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:744 -msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:748 -msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:752 -msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" -msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticazione</emphasis>, scegli tra:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:756 -msgid "PAP/CHAP" -msgstr "PAP/CHAP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:760 -msgid "Script-based" -msgstr "Basata su script" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:764 -msgid "PAP" -msgstr "PAP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:768 -msgid "Terminal-based" -msgstr "Basata su terminale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:772 -msgid "CHAP" -msgstr "CHAP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:786 -msgid "Ending the configuration" -msgstr "Concludendo la configurazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:788 -msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" -msgstr "Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:792 -msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:796 -msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:800 -msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:804 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network Manager</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:809 -msgid "" -"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " -"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " -"automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:816 -msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" -msgstr "Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:820 -msgid "Metric (10 by default)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:824 -msgid "MTU" -msgstr "MTU" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:828 -msgid "Network Hotplugging" -msgstr "Collegamento a caldo della rete" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:832 -msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" -msgstr "Attiva istradamento IPV6 su IPV4" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:836 -msgid "" -"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " -"immediately or not." -msgstr "" -"L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione " -"immediatamente oppure no." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:841 -msgid "drakconnect9.png" -msgstr "drakconnect9.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakconsole.xml:3 -msgid "Open a console as administrator" -msgstr "Apri una console come amministratore" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakconsole.xml:5 -msgid "drakconsole" -msgstr "drakconsole" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakconsole.xml:10 -msgid "drakconsole.png" -msgstr "drakconsole.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakconsole.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakconsole.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di " -"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non " -"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:5 -msgid "Manage disk partitions" -msgstr "Gestisci le partizioni del disco" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:7 -msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" -msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:12 -msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" -msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:18 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">diskdrake</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:17 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " -"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " -"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:27 -msgid "" -"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " -"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:32 -msgid "drakdisk.png" -msgstr "drakdisk.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:36 -msgid "" -"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " -"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:47 -msgid "" -"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI " -"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it " -"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:52 -msgid "" -"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " -"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " -"must be unmounted first." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:56 -msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:58 -msgid "" -"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " -"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " -"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " -"is selected" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:63 -msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:68 -msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" -msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:72 -msgid "" -"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " -"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be " -"seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakdisk.xml:78 -msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" -msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakedm.xml:4 -msgid "Set up display manager" -msgstr "Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakedm.xml:5 -msgid "drakedm" -msgstr "drakedm" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakedm.xml:9 -msgid "drakedm.png" -msgstr "drakedm.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakedm.xml:12 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakedm.xml:12 -msgid "" -"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakedm.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " -"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " -"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 -msgid "Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Configura il tuo firewall personale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 -msgid "drakfirewall" -msgstr "drakfirewall" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 -msgid "drakfirewall.png" -msgstr "drakfirewall.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " -"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " -"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " -"security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 -msgid "" -"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " -"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " -"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " -"the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 -msgid "" -"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " -"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " -"examples :" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 -msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 -msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 -msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " -"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 -msgid "drakfirewall2.png" -msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 -msgid "" -"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " -"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " -"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " -"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " -"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " -"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " -"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 -msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 -msgid "drakfirewall3.png" -msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 -msgid "drakfirewall4.png" -msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 -msgid "" -"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 -msgid "" -"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " -"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakfont.xml:3 -msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakfont.xml:6 -msgid "drakfont" -msgstr "drakfont" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakfont.xml:11 -msgid "drakfont.png" -msgstr "drakfont.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " -"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " -"above shows:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:22 -msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:26 -msgid "a preview of the selected font." -msgstr "un'anteprima del font selezionato." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:30 -msgid "some buttons explained here later." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:36 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:38 -msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:41 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:43 -msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:46 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Disinstalla:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:48 -msgid "" -"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " -"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " -"documents that use them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:52 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importa:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:54 -msgid "" -"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " -"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakfont.xml:60 -msgid "" -"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " -"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:3 -msgid "Parental Controls" -msgstr "Filtri per la famiglia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakguard.xml:5 -msgid "drakguard" -msgstr "drakguard" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakguard.xml:10 -msgid "drakguard.png" -msgstr "drakguard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 -msgid "Presentation" -msgstr "Presentazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:23 -msgid "" -"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " -"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " -"useful capabilities:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:29 -msgid "" -"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " -"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:35 -msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:40 -msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:49 -msgid "Configuring Parental controls" -msgstr "Configurando il Parental control" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:52 -msgid "" -"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " -"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " -"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " -"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:61 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:65 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " -"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " -"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:69 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " -"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " -"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " -"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " -"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " -"remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:77 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " -"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " -"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " -"window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:83 -msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:85 -msgid "" -"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:90 -msgid "Block Programs Tab" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:92 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " -"applications you wish to block." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/drakguard.xml:96 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " -"side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakgw.xml:9 -msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" -msgstr "Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakgw.xml:12 -msgid "drakgw" -msgstr "drakgw" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakgw.xml:17 -msgid "drakgw.png" -msgstr "drakgw.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakgw.xml:25 -msgid "Principles" -msgstr "Principi" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "../drakgw-net.png" -msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:27 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " -"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " -"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " -"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " -"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " -"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " -"the Internet (2)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:39 -msgid "" -"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " -"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakgw.xml:45 -msgid "Gateway wizard" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:48 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:47 -msgid "" -"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " -"which are shown below:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:54 -msgid "" -"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " -"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:60 -msgid "" -"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " -"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " -"what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:66 -msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:71 -msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:78 -msgid "" -"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " -"specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:84 -msgid "" -"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:91 -msgid "" -"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " -"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " -"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:99 -msgid "" -"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " -"printers and to share them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:104 -msgid "" -"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "" -"Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakgw.xml:109 -msgid "Configure the client" -msgstr "Configura il client" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:111 -msgid "" -"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " -"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " -"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:117 -msgid "" -"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " -"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " -"gateway." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakgw.xml:123 -msgid "Stop connection sharing" -msgstr "Ferma la condivisione di connessione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakgw.xml:125 -msgid "" -"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:3 -msgid "Hosts definitions" -msgstr "Descrizioni degli host" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:5 -msgid "drakhosts" -msgstr "drakhosts" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:10 -msgid "drakhosts.png" -msgstr "drakhosts.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: " - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" -"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " -"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " -"instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:20 -msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:22 -msgid "" -"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " -"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " -"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:27 -msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakhosts.xml:29 -msgid "" -"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " -"same window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 -msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" -msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 -msgid "drakinvictus" -msgstr "drakinvictus" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 -msgid "drakinvictus.png" -msgstr "drakinvictus.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 -#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 -msgid "" -"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 -msgid "Network Center" -msgstr "Rete e Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 -msgid "draknetcenter" -msgstr "draknetcenter" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 -msgid "draknetcenter.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " -"Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " -"Center\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 -msgid "" -"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 -msgid "" -"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " -"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 -msgid "" -"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 -msgid "draknetcenter1.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 -msgid "The Monitor button" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 -msgid "draknetcenter4.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 -msgid "" -"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " -"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 -msgid "" -"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " -"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " -"gives details about connection status." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 -msgid "The Configure button" -msgstr "Il pulsante Configura" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis>" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 -msgid "draknetcenter2.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " -"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 -msgid "" -"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " -"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " -"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " -"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " -"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " -"have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 -msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 -msgid "draknetcenter5.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 -msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 -msgid "draknetcenter3.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità operativa:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 -msgid "" -"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " -"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " -"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " -"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 -msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " -"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " -"in private networks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 -msgid "" -"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " -"point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 -msgid "draknetcenter6.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 -msgid "The Advanced Settings button" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 -msgid "draknetcenter7.png" -msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 -msgid "Manage different network profiles" -msgstr "Gestisci i diversi profili di rete" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 -msgid "draknetprofile" -msgstr "draknetprofile" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 -msgid "draknetprofile.png" -msgstr "draknetprofile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:9 -msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" -msgstr "Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draknfs.xml:11 -msgid "draknfs" -msgstr "draknfs" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknfs.xml:16 -msgid "draknfs.png" -msgstr "draknfs.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:24 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Prerequisiti" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:26 -msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" -msgstr "" -"Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:37 -msgid "" -"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:42 -msgid "Main window" -msgstr "Finestra principale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:44 -msgid "" -"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " -"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " -"configuration tool." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:50 -msgid "Modify entry" -msgstr "Modifica voce" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:52 -msgid "" -"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " -"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknfs.xml:58 -msgid "draknfs4.png" -msgstr "draknfs4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:64 -msgid "NFS Directory" -msgstr "Directory NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:66 -msgid "" -"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " -"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:72 -msgid "Host access" -msgstr "Accesso host" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:74 -msgid "" -"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " -"directory." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:77 -msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:79 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " -"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:83 -msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " -"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " -"domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:90 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " -"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " -"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:96 -msgid "User ID Mapping" -msgstr "Mappatura ID utente" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:98 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " -"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:103 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:107 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:113 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " -"the anonymous account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:118 -msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "Opzioni avanzate" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:120 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:124 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " -"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " -"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " -"using this option." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:129 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " -"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " -"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:134 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " -"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " -"exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 -msgid "Menu entries" -msgstr "Voci del menù" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:143 -msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draknfs.xml:147 -msgid "draknfs5.png" -msgstr "draknfs5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 -msgid "File|Write conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:155 -msgid "Save the current configuration." -msgstr "Salva la configurazione corrente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:159 -msgid "NFS Server|Restart" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 -msgid "" -"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:166 -msgid "NFS Server|Reload" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 -msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakproxy.xml:10 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "Proxy" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakproxy.xml:12 -msgid "drakproxy" -msgstr "drakproxy" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakproxy.xml:17 -msgid "drakproxy.png" -msgstr "drakproxy.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakproxy.xml:24 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakproxy.xml:22 -msgid "" -"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " -"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakproxy.xml:30 -msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " -"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " -"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " -"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " -"simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 -msgid "Configure Media" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 -msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" -msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 -msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" -msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 -msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 -msgid "" -"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " -"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " -"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " -"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " -"media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 -msgid "" -"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " -"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " -"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " -"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " -"the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 -msgid "" -"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 -msgid "The columns" -msgstr "Le colonne" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 -msgid "Column Enable:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 -msgid "" -"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " -"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 -msgid "Column Update:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 -msgid "" -"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " -"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " -"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " -"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 -msgid "Column medium:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 -msgid "" -"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " -"versions contain at least:" -msgstr "" -"Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione " -"finale contengono almeno:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " -"available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte " -"programmi supportati da Mageia." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " -"which are not free" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software " -"proprietari" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " -"might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 -msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " -"this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " -"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " -"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " -"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " -"corrections." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 -msgid "The buttons on the right" -msgstr "Il bottone sulla destra" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 -msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 -msgid "" -"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " -"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " -"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 -msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 -msgid "" -"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " -"proxy)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 -msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 -msgid "" -"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " -"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " -"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " -"from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 -msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 -msgid "" -"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 -msgid "The menu" -msgstr "Il menu" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 -msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 -msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 -msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 -msgid "" -"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " -"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " -"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " -"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " -"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 -msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" -msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 -msgid "" -"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " -"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " -"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 -msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 -msgid "" -"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " -"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "" -"E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che " -"non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 -msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" -msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " -"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " -"according to the medium type)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 -msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 -msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " -"default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 -msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 -msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 -msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "" -"Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla " -"sicurezza." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 -msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 -msgid "" -"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 -msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" -"link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:10 -msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:13 -msgid "draksambashare" -msgstr "draksambashare" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:18 -msgid "draksambashare.png" -msgstr "draksambashare.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " -"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " -"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " -"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " -"resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "" -"Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per " -"condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti " -"permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il " -"protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le " -"stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla " -"risorse del derver Samba." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:37 -msgid "Preparation" -msgstr "Preparazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:39 -msgid "" -"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " -"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " -"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " -"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " -"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " -"server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:50 -msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" -msgstr "Procedura guidata - server autonomo" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:53 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:52 -msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " -"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:61 -msgid "draksambashare0.png" -msgstr "draksambashare0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:67 -msgid "" -"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " -"selected." -msgstr "" -"Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è " -"già selezionata." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:71 -msgid "draksambashare1.png" -msgstr "draksambashare1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:77 -msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:80 -msgid "" -"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " -"the network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:85 -msgid "draksambashare2.png" -msgstr "draksambashare2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:91 -msgid "Choose the security mode:" -msgstr "Scegliere la modalità di sicurezza:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:95 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " -"resource" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:100 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " -"each share" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " -"address or host name." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:110 -msgid "draksambashare3.png" -msgstr "draksambashare3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:115 -msgid "" -"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " -"described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:120 -msgid "draksambashare4.png" -msgstr "draksambashare4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:126 -msgid "" -"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:131 -msgid "draksambashare5.png" -msgstr "draksambashare5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:137 -msgid "" -"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:143 -msgid "draksambashare6.png" -msgstr "draksambashare6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:151 -msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:155 -msgid "draksambashare13.png" -msgstr "draksambashare13.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:153 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " -"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " -"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " -"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " -"security mode:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:164 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " -"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " -"account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:173 -msgid "Declare a directory to share" -msgstr "Dichiarare una directory da salvare" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:175 -msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:179 -msgid "draksambashare15.png" -msgstr "draksambashare15.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:184 -msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:191 -msgid "draksambashare16.png" -msgstr "draksambashare16.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:203 -msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:209 -msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:214 -msgid "Samba server|Configure" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:216 -msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:220 -msgid "Samba server|Restart" -msgstr "Server Samba|Restart" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:227 -msgid "Samba Server|Reload" -msgstr "Servar Samba|Ricarica" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:235 -msgid "Printers share" -msgstr "Stampanti condivise" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:237 -msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." -msgstr "Samba ti permette anche di condividere stampanti." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:241 -msgid "draksambashare17.png" -msgstr "draksambashare17.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:247 -msgid "Samba users" -msgstr "Utilizzatori di Samba" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:253 -msgid "draksambashare18.png" -msgstr "draksambashare18.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:249 -msgid "" -"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " -"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " -"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draksec.xml:3 -msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" -msgstr "Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draksec.xml:6 -msgid "draksec" -msgstr "draksec" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksec.xml:11 -msgid "draksec0.png" -msgstr "draksec0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:19 -msgid "" -"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " -"usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:22 -msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksec.xml:27 -msgid "draksec.png" -msgstr "draksec.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:31 -msgid "" -"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " -"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " -"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " -"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:43 -msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/draksec.xml:53 -msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." -msgstr "Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 -msgid "Snapshots" -msgstr "Backup periodico del sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 -msgid "draksnapshot-config" -msgstr "draksnapshot-configurazione" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 -msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" -msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 -msgid "" -"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " -"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " -"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 -msgid "" -"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 -msgid "" -"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 -msgid "" -"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/draksound.xml:3 -msgid "Sound Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione audio" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/draksound.xml:4 -msgid "draksound" -msgstr "draksound" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksound.xml:8 -msgid "draksound.png" -msgstr "draksound.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:11 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:13 -msgid "" -"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and " -"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you " -"change the sound card." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:20 -msgid "" -"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " -"enabled." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:22 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " -"is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:24 -msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with " -"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this " -"before asking the community for help." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:27 -msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an " -"obvious button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/draksound.xml:30 -msgid "draksound1.png" -msgstr "draksound1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakups.xml:3 -msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" -msgstr "Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakups.xml:3 -msgid "drakups" -msgstr "drakups" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakups.xml:8 -msgid "drakups.png" -msgstr "drakups.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:3 -msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" -msgstr "Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:6 -msgid "drakvpn" -msgstr "drakvpn" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:11 -msgid "drakvpn1.png" -msgstr "drakvpn1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:19 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:18 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " -"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " -"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " -"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " -"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " -"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:30 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:32 -msgid "" -"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " -"protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:35 -msgid "Then give your connection a name." -msgstr "In seguito dai un nome alla connessione." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:37 -msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." -msgstr "Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:42 -msgid "For Cisco VPN" -msgstr "Per VPN Cisco" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:48 -msgid "drakvpn3.png" -msgstr "drakvpn3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:54 -msgid "" -"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " -"first time the tool is used." -msgstr "" -"Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la " -"prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:59 -msgid "drakvpn7.png" -msgstr "drakvpn7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " -"received from the network administrator." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:64 -msgid "Advanced parameters:" -msgstr "Parametri avanzati:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:68 -msgid "drakvpn8.png" -msgstr "drakvpn8.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:72 -msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." -msgstr "La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:76 -msgid "" -"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " -"connection." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakvpn.xml:79 -msgid "" -"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 -msgid "Configure webserver" -msgstr "Configura il server web" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 -msgid "drakwizard apache2" -msgstr "drakwizard apache2" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 -msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"web server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 -msgid "What is a web server?" -msgstr "Cos'è un server web?" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " -"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 -msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" -msgstr "Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 -msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 -msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 -msgid "" -"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " -"things." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 -msgid "Server User Module" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 -msgid "Allows users to create their own sites." -msgstr "Permetti agli utenti di creare i propri siti." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60 -msgid "User web directory name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 -msgid "" -"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " -"display it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 -msgid "Server Document Root" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 -msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "Sommario" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 -msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 -msgid "Finish" -msgstr "Finisci" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 -msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 -msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 -msgid "Configure DNS" -msgstr "Configura DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 -msgid "drakwizard bind" -msgstr "drakwizard bind" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 -msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 -msgid "Configure DHCP" -msgstr "Configura server DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 -msgid "drakwizard dhcp" -msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 -msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " -"interfaces" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " -"be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 -msgid "What is DHCP?" -msgstr "Cos'è DHCP?" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " -"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " -"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " -"communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 -msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" -msgstr "Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 -msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 -msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 -msgid "Selecting Adaptor" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 -msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 -msgid "" -"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 -msgid "Select IP range" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 -msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 -msgid "" -"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " -"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " -"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " -"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 -msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 -msgid "Hold on..." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 -msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 -msgid "" -"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " -"change things around." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 -msgid "Hours later..." -msgstr "Ore più tardi..." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 -msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 -msgid "What is done" -msgstr "Cos'è stato fatto" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 -msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" -msgstr "Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 -msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 -msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " -"parameters:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 -msgid "<code>hname</code>" -msgstr "<code>hname</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 -msgid "<code>dns</code>" -msgstr "<code>dns</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 -msgid "net" -msgstr "net" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 -msgid "ip" -msgstr "ip" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 -msgid "<code>mask</code>" -msgstr "<code>maschera</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 -msgid "<code>rng1</code>" -msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 -msgid "<code>rng2</code>" -msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 -msgid "<code>dname</code>" -msgstr "<code>dname</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 -msgid "<code>gateway</code>" -msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 -msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 -msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" -msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 -msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 -msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 -msgid "Configure time" -msgstr "Configura time server" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 -msgid "drakwizard ntp" -msgstr "drakwizard ntp" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 -msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 -msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 -msgid "" -"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " -"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " -"because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 -msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 -msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 -msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 -msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " -"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " -"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " -"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 -msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 -msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 -msgid "This tool executes the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 -msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 -msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 -msgid "" -"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " -"servers;" -msgstr "" -"Scrivendo un nuovo file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> con la lista dei " -"server;" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 -msgid "" -"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " -"name;" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 -msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" -"code> services;" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 -msgid "" -"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "" -"Impostando l'orologio hardware con l'attuale orologio di sistema riferito a " -"UTC." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 -msgid "Configure FTP" -msgstr "Configura server FTP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 -msgid "drakwizard proftpd" -msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 -msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 -msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 -msgid "" -"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " -"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " -"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 -msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" -msgstr "Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 -msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 -msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 -msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 -msgid "" -"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " -"things." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 -msgid "Server Information" -msgstr "Informazioni del server" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 -msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 -msgid "" -"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " -"complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 -msgid "Server Options" -msgstr "Opzioni del server" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 -msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 -msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 -msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 -msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 -msgid "Configure proxy" -msgstr "Configura server proxy" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 -msgid "drakwizard squid" -msgstr "drakwizard squid" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 -msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " -"before you can access to it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 -msgid "What is a proxy server?" -msgstr "Cos'è un server proxy?" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 -msgid "" -"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " -"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " -"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " -"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " -"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 -msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42 -msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 -msgid "Selecting the proxy port" -msgstr "Selezionando la porta proxy" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 -msgid "" -"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 -msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" -msgstr "Impostando memoria e uso del disco" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 -msgid "" -"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 -msgid "Select Network Access Control" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 -msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 -msgid "Grant Network Access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 -msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 -msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 -msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 -msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 -msgid "Start during boot?" -msgstr "Avviare durante il boot?" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 -msgid "" -"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " -"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 -msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 -msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" -msgstr "Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 -msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 -msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 -msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" -msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 -msgid "<code>localnet</code>" -msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 -msgid "cache_mem" -msgstr "cache_mem" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 -msgid "http_port" -msgstr "http_port" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 -msgid "" -"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 -msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" -msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 -msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" -msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 -msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" -msgstr "Riavviando <code>squid.</code>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 -msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione del demone OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 -msgid "drakwizard sshd" -msgstr "drakwizard sshd" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 -msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" -msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 -msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" -msgstr "Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " -"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " -"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " -"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " -"respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 -msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 -msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." -msgstr "Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 -msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" -"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 -msgid "General Options" -msgstr "Opzioni generali" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 -msgid "" -"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 -msgid "Authentication Methods" -msgstr "Metodi di autenticazione" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 -msgid "" -"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " -"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 -msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 -msgid "Login Options" -msgstr "Opzioni di accesso" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 -msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 -msgid "User Login Options" -msgstr "Opzioni di accesso dell'utente" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 -msgid "" -"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 -msgid "Compression and Forwarding" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 -msgid "" -"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 -msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" -msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 -msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" -msgstr "Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 -msgid "drakxservices" -msgstr "drakxservices" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakxservices.xml:8 -msgid "drakxservices.png" -msgstr "drakxservices.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakxservices.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:10 -msgid "Hardware configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione del hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:12 -msgid "harddrake2" -msgstr "harddrake2" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:17 -msgid "harddrake2.png" -msgstr "harddrake2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:23 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:22 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " -"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " -"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " -"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" -"lst</code> package." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:31 -msgid "The window" -msgstr "La finestra" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:33 -msgid "The window is divided in two columns." -msgstr "La finestra è divisa in due colonne." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:35 -msgid "" -"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " -"grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " -"category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:39 -msgid "" -"The right column displays information about the selected device. The " -"<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " -"about the content of the fields." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:43 -msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:48 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " -"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " -"used by experts only." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:54 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " -"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:68 -msgid "" -"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " -"enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:73 -msgid "modem" -msgstr "modem" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:77 -msgid "Jaz devices" -msgstr "Dispositivi Jaz" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:81 -msgid "Zip parallel devices" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/harddrake2.xml:83 -msgid "" -"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " -"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " -"be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 -msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "Impostando il layout della tastiera." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 -msgid "keyboarddrake" -msgstr "keyboarddrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 -msgid "keyboarddrake.png" -msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 -msgid "" -"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " -"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " -"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " -"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " -"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 -msgid "Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "Layout della tastiera" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 -msgid "Keyboard Type" -msgstr "Tipo di tastiera" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " -"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/localedrake.xml:10 -msgid "Manage localization for your system" -msgstr "Impostazioni locali per il sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/localedrake.xml:13 -msgid "localedrake" -msgstr "localedrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/localedrake.xml:18 -msgid "localedrake.png" -msgstr "localedrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:24 -msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:24 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " -"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " -"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " -"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " -"installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:31 -msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " -"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:34 -msgid "" -"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " -"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " -"countries not listed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:38 -msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." -msgstr "Devi ricominciare la sessione dopo ogni modifica." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/localedrake.xml:42 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Metodo di input" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:44 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " -"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " -"Korean, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:48 -msgid "" -"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " -"users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/localedrake.xml:50 -msgid "" -"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " -"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " -"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/logdrake.xml:3 -msgid "View and search system logs" -msgstr "Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/logdrake.xml:5 -msgid "logdrake" -msgstr "logdrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/logdrake.xml:10 -msgid "logdrake.png" -msgstr "logdrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/logdrake.xml:22 -msgid "To do a search in the logs" -msgstr "Effettuare una ricerca nei registri" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:24 -msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:36 -msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/logdrake.xml:43 -msgid "To configure a mail alert" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:45 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " -"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:49 -msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:55 -msgid "The following services can be watched :" -msgstr "I seguenti servizi posso essere esplorati:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:59 -msgid "Webmin Service" -msgstr "Servizio webmin" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:63 -msgid "Postfix Mail Server" -msgstr "Server di posta Postfix" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:67 -msgid "FTP Server" -msgstr "Server FTP" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:71 -msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" -msgstr "Server web Apache" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:75 -msgid "SSH Server" -msgstr "Server SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:79 -msgid "Samba Server" -msgstr "Server Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:83 -msgid "Xinetd Service" -msgstr "Servizio xinetd" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:87 -msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/logdrake.xml:91 -msgid "logdrake1.png" -msgstr "logdrake1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:97 -msgid "" -"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " -"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " -"to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/logdrake.xml:103 -msgid "" -"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " -"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " -"or on the Internet)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 -msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 -msgid "lsnetdrake" -msgstr "lsnetdrake" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " -"used on the command line." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 -msgid "" -"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 -msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" -msgstr "Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 -msgid "lspcidrake" -msgstr "lspcidrake" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " -"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " -"root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 -msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " -"packages to work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 -msgid "lspcidrake1.png" -msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 -msgid "" -"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 -msgid "" -"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " -"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 -msgid "Information about the graphic card;" -msgstr "Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 -msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" -msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 -msgid "Information about the network" -msgstr "Informazioni sul network" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 -msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" -msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 -msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." -msgstr "-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 -msgid "" -"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " -"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 -msgid "lspcidrake2.png" -msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 -msgid "" -"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " -"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 -msgid "Software Packages Update" -msgstr "Aggiornamento pacchetti software" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 -msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" -msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 -msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" -msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20 -msgid "" -"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-" -"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " -"prompted to do so." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25 -msgid "" -"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30 -msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " -"means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 -msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" -msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35 -msgid "" -"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 -msgid "Boot" -msgstr "Avvio" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 -msgid "mcc-boot.png" -msgstr "mcc-boot.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " -"steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 -msgid "Configure boot steps" -msgstr "Configura la sequenza di avvio" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 -msgid "Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 -msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" -msgstr "Lo strumento per configurare Mageia" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 -msgid "mageia-2013.png" -msgstr "../mageia-2013.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 " -"license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" -"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 -msgid "Hardware" -msgstr "Hardware" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 -msgid "mcc-hardware.png" -msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " -"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il " -"tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 -msgid "Manage your hardware" -msgstr "Configura l'hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 -msgid "Configure graphics" -msgstr "Configura la grafica" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 -msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" -msgstr "Configura mouse e tastiera" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 -msgid "Configure printing and scanning" -msgstr "Configura stampanti e scanner" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "Altro" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 -msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 -msgid "" -"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " -"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " -"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " -"selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 -msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." -msgstr "" -"I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai " -"relativi strumenti." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 -msgid "" -"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " -"any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " -"screens." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 -msgid "" -"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " -"the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 -msgid "Local disks" -msgstr "Dischi locali" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 -msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" -msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " -"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o " -"condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di " -"più." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 -msgid "Network Services" -msgstr "Servizi di rete" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 -msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" -msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " -"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " -"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 -msgid "Network Sharing" -msgstr "Condivisioni di rete" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 -msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" -msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " -"directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i " -"drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 -msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" -msgstr "Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " -"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 -msgid "Configure NFS shares" -msgstr "Configura le condivisioni NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 -msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" -msgstr "Configura le condivisioni WebDAV" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:3 -msgid "Network and Internet" -msgstr "Rete e internet" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:8 -msgid "mcc-network.png" -msgstr "mcc-network.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:12 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul " -"link seguente per saperne di più." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:18 -msgid "Manage your network devices" -msgstr "Gestisci i dispositivi di rete" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:21 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:25 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:29 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:36 -msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" -msgstr "Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:39 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:43 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:47 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:51 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-network.xml:61 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Sicurezza" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:10 -msgid "mcc-security.png" -msgstr "mcc-security.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:16 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " -"link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di sicurezza. " -"Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " -"permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:25 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:29 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:33 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:37 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 -msgid "Sharing" -msgstr "Condivisione" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 -msgid "mcc-sharing.png" -msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 -msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " -"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:3 -msgid "System" -msgstr "Sistema" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:7 -msgid "mcc-system.png" -msgstr "mcc-system.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:10 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " -"tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di " -"amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:14 -msgid "Manage system services" -msgstr "Gestisci i servizi di sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:16 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:19 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:22 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:28 -msgid "Localization" -msgstr "Localizzazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:30 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:33 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:39 -msgid "Administration tools" -msgstr "Strumenti di amministrazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:41 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:44 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:47 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/mcc-system.xml:50 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 -msgid "Configure updates frequency" -msgstr "Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 -msgid "mgaapplet-config" -msgstr "mgaapplet-config" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 -msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" -msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 -msgid "" -"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " -"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/mousedrake.xml:3 -msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" -msgstr "Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/mousedrake.xml:6 -msgid "mousedrake" -msgstr "mousedrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/mousedrake.xml:11 -msgid "mousedrake.png" -msgstr "mousedrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/mousedrake.xml:15 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mousedrake.xml:20 -msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/mousedrake.xml:23 -msgid "" -"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " -"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " -"PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " -"immediately taken into account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:3 -msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" -msgstr "MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/msecgui.xml:5 -msgid "msecgui" -msgstr "msecgui" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:13 -msgid "msecgui.png" -msgstr "msecgui.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:21 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:21 -msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " -"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " -"approaches:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:28 -msgid "" -"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " -"make it more secure." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:33 -msgid "" -"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " -"you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:38 -msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " -"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " -"own customised security levels." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:45 -msgid "Overview tab" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:47 -msgid "See the screenshot above" -msgstr "Guarda lo screenshot sopra" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:49 -msgid "" -"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " -"button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:54 -msgid "" -"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:59 -msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:64 -msgid "msec itself with some information:" -msgstr "msec con alcune informazioni:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:68 -msgid "enabled or not" -msgstr "abilitato o no" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:72 -msgid "the configured Base security level" -msgstr "Il livello di sicurezza base configurato" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:76 -msgid "" -"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " -"and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:86 -msgid "Security settings tab" -msgstr "Tab impostazioni di sicurezza" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:88 -msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" -"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:94 -msgid "msecgui2.png" -msgstr "msecgui2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:100 -msgid "Basic security tab" -msgstr "Tab sicurezza di base" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:103 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:106 -msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " -"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " -"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " -"following levels are available:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:113 -msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " -"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " -"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " -"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " -"vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:122 -msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " -"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " -"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " -"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " -"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " -"versions)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:131 -msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " -"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " -"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " -"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:140 -msgid "" -"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " -"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " -"the most common use cases." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:149 -msgid "" -"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " -"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " -"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:156 -msgid "" -"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" -"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " -"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " -"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:165 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " -"level settings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:170 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Avvisi di sicurezza:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:173 -msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" -"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " -"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " -"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " -"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " -"the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " -"enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:182 -msgid "" -"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " -"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " -"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:188 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opzioni di sicurezza:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:190 -msgid "" -"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " -"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" -"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " -"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:199 -msgid "System security tab" -msgstr "Tab sicurezza di sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:201 -msgid "" -"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " -"column." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:207 -msgid "msecgui3.png" -msgstr "msecgui3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:211 -msgid "" -"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " -"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " -"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " -"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " -"choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:219 -msgid "msecgui11.png" -msgstr "msecgui11.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:224 -msgid "" -"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " -"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " -"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " -"saving them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:232 -msgid "msecgui10.png" -msgstr "msecgui10.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:238 -msgid "Network security" -msgstr "Sicurezza della rete" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:240 -msgid "" -"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "" -"Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:245 -msgid "msecgui4.png" -msgstr "msecgui4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:251 -msgid "Periodic checks tab" -msgstr "Tab controlli periodici" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:253 -msgid "" -"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " -"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:257 -msgid "" -"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " -"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " -"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:264 -msgid "msecgui5.png" -msgstr "msecgui5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:270 -msgid "Exceptions tab" -msgstr "Scheda delle eccezioni" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:272 -msgid "" -"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " -"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " -"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " -"below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:280 -msgid "msecgui6.png" -msgstr "msecgui6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:284 -msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:289 -msgid "msecgui7.png" -msgstr "msecgui7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:293 -msgid "" -"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" -"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " -"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " -"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/msecgui.xml:303 -msgid "Permissions" -msgstr "Permessi" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:304 -msgid "" -"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " -"enforcement." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:306 -msgid "" -"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " -"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " -"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " -"specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " -"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " -"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " -"done to the permissions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:318 -msgid "msecgui8.png" -msgstr "msecgui8.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:321 -msgid "" -"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " -"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " -"given rule:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:327 -msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " -"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " -"if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:333 -msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " -"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " -"permissions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:337 -msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:339 -msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " -"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " -"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/msecgui.xml:345 -msgid "msecgui9.png" -msgstr "msecgui9.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:348 -msgid "" -"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " -"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " -"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " -"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:353 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " -"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "" -"È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di " -"configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:356 -msgid "" -"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " -"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " -"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " -"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " -"be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> -#: en/msecgui.xml:363 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " -"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " -"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " -"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " -"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 -msgid "Other Mageia Tools" -msgstr "Altri strumenti di Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 -msgid "" -"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 -msgid "And more tools?" -msgstr "E altri strumenti?" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 -msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 -msgid "rpmdrake" -msgstr "rpmdrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 -msgid "rpmdrake.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 -msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" -msgstr "Introduzione ad rpmdrake" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " -"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " -"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " -"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " -"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " -"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " -"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " -"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " -"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 -msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "" -"Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con " -"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 -msgid "rpmdrake8.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 -msgid "" -"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " -"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " -"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " -"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " -"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " -"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 -msgid "" -"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " -"packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 -msgid "The main parts of the screen" -msgstr "La parte principale dello schermo" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 -msgid "rpmdrake1.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro per tipo pacchetto:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 -msgid "" -"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " -"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " -"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "" -"Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La " -"prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni " -"con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che " -"tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole " -"applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più " -"recenti di Mageia." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 -msgid "" -"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 -msgid "" -"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " -"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " -"not installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità di ricerca:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 -msgid "" -"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " -"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " -"in the packages." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti, " -"attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o " -"attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 -msgid "" -"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " -"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " -"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 -msgid "" -"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " -"box ." -msgstr "" -"Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite " -"nel campo \"Cerca\"." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 -msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pannello di descrizione:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 -msgid "" -"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " -"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 -msgid "The status column" -msgstr "La colonna di stato" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 -msgid "" -"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " -"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " -"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " -"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " -"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 -msgid "Icon" -msgstr "Icona" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 -msgid "Legend" -msgstr "Legenda" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 -msgid "This package is already installed" -msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 -msgid "This package will be installed" -msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà installato" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 -msgid "This package cannot be modified" -msgstr "Il pacchetto non può essere modificato" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 -msgid "This package is an update" -msgstr "Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 -msgid "This package will be uninstalled" -msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215 -msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" -msgstr "Esempi nello screeshot qui sopra:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 -msgid "" -"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " -"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " -"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 -msgid "" -"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " -"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when " -"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 -msgid "The dependencies" -msgstr "Le dipendenze" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 -msgid "rpmdrake7.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 -msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " -"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " -"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " -"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " -"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 -msgid "Set up scanner" -msgstr "Configura uno scanner" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 -msgid "scannerdrake" -msgstr "scannerdrake" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando " -"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 -msgid "" -"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " -"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " -"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " -"remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 -msgid "" -"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " -"message:" -msgstr "" -"Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il " -"seguente messaggio:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 -msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?\"</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 -msgid "" -"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" -"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 -msgid "scannerdrake.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 -msgid "" -"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " -"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " -"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 -msgid "" -"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 -msgid "" -"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " -"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " -"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " -"scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 -msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 -msgid "scannerdrake2.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 -msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su " -"<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 -msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 -msgid "Choose port" -msgstr "Scegli la porta" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 -msgid "scannerdrake3.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 -msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 -msgid "" -"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " -"similar to the one below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 -msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 -msgid "scannerdrake4.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 -msgid "Scannersharing" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 -msgid "scannerdrake5.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " -"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " -"this machine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 -msgid "" -"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " -"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " -"this computer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 -msgid "" -"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " -"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 -msgid "scannerdrake6.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 -msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 -msgid "scannerdrake7.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 -msgid "" -"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " -"machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 -msgid "scannerdrake8.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 -msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 -msgid "scannerdrake9.png" -msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 -msgid "" -"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " -"offers to do it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 -msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" -msgstr "Alla fine lo strumento altererà questi files:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 -msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 -msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " -"\"net\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 -msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 -msgid "Specifics" -msgstr "Specifiche" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 -msgid "Hewlett-Packard" -msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 -msgid "" -"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " -"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 -msgid "Epson" -msgstr "Epson" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 -msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 -msgid "Extra installation steps" -msgstr "Fasi extra di installazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 -msgid "" -"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " -"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " -"steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " -"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " -"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " -"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " -"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 -msgid "" -"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " -"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 -msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 -msgid "" -"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 -msgid "Software Management" -msgstr "Gestione software" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/software-management.xml:10 -msgid "software-management.png" -msgstr "software-management.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/software-management.xml:14 -msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/software-management.xml:17 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/software-management.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo sistema</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/software-management.xml:23 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/software-management.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " -"sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 -msgid "Install and configure a printer" -msgstr "Installa e configura una stampante" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 -msgid "system-config-printer" -msgstr "system-config-printer" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 -msgid "system-config-printer.png" -msgstr "system-config-printer.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 -msgid "" -"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " -"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " -"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " -"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " -"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " -"and openSUSE." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 -msgid "" -"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " -"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" -"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 -msgid "" -"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " -"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 -msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 -msgid "task-printing-server" -msgstr "task-printing-server" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 -msgid "task-printing-hp" -msgstr "task-printing-hp" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 -msgid "" -"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " -"dependencies are needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 -msgid "" -"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " -"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " -"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " -"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " -"will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 -msgid "Automatically detected printer" -msgstr "Stampante automaticamente identificata" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 -msgid "" -"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " -"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 -msgid "No automatically detected printer" -msgstr "Stampante non automaticamente identificata" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 -msgid "printer3.png" -msgstr "printer3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 -msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 -msgid "Select printer from database" -msgstr "Seleziona una stampante dal database" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 -msgid "provide PPD file" -msgstr "fornisci il file PPD" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 -msgid "search for a driver to download" -msgstr "cerca un driver da scaricare" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 -msgid "" -"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " -"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " -"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " -"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " -"which know to work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 -msgid "Complete the installation process" -msgstr "Completa il processo di installazione" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 -msgid "" -"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " -"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " -"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " -"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " -"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " -"printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 -msgid "Network printer" -msgstr "Stampante di rete" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 -msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 -msgid "" -"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " -"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " -"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " -"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " -"after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 -msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " -"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " -"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " -"says \"host\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 -msgid "" -"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " -"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " -"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 -msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 -msgid "Network printing protocols" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 -msgid "" -"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " -"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " -"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " -"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " -"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" -"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 -msgid "" -"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " -"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " -"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 -msgid "printer5.png" -msgstr "printer5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 -msgid "The other protocols are:" -msgstr "Gli altri protocolli sono:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " -"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " -"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " -"some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " -"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " -"defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " -"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " -"connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " -"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 -msgid "" -"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " -"the URI:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 -msgid "Appsocket" -msgstr "Appsocket" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 -msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" -msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 -msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" -msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 -msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" -msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 -msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" -msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 -msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 -msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" -msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 -msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 -msgid "Device Properties" -msgstr "Proprietà del dispositivo" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 -msgid "" -"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Troubleshoot" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 -msgid "" -"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " -"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 -msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 -msgid "" -"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 -msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 -msgid "" -"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 -msgid "" -"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " -"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " -"of the printer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 -msgid "" -"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " -"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " -"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " -"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " -"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " -"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " -"card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 -msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 -msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 -msgid "" -"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " -"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Stampanti Canon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 -msgid "" -"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 -msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" -msgstr "Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 -msgid "transfugdrake" -msgstr "transfugdrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 -msgid "transfugdrake.png" -msgstr "transfugdrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " -"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " -"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " -"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 -msgid "" -"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " -"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 -msgid "" -"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " -"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 -msgid "" -"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " -"explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 -msgid "" -"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " -"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 -msgid "" -"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " -"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 -msgid "transfugdrake1.png" -msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 -msgid "" -"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 -msgid "" -"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 -msgid "" -"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " -"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 -msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 -msgid "transfugdrake2.png" -msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 -msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 -msgid "" -"When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 -msgid "transfugdrake3.png" -msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 -msgid "" -"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " -"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 -msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 -msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" -msgstr "La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 -msgid "transfugdrake4.png" -msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 -msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</" -"guibutton> " - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 -msgid "" -"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " -"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 -msgid "transfugdrake5.png" -msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/userdrake.xml:11 -msgid "Users and Groups" -msgstr "Utenti e gruppi" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/userdrake.xml:13 -msgid "userdrake" -msgstr "userdrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/userdrake.xml:18 -msgid "userdrake.png" -msgstr "userdrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:23 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:22 -msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " -"labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:27 -msgid "" -"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:31 -msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " -"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:35 -msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>1 Aggiungi un utente</guibutton>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:37 -msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/userdrake.xml:41 -msgid "userdrake1.png" -msgstr "userdrake1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:45 -msgid "" -"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " -"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " -"or nothing as well!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:49 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:52 -msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " -"orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:59 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:62 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " -"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " -"are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:66 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " -"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " -"user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:70 -msgid "" -"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " -"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:73 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Aggiungi un gruppo</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:75 -msgid "" -"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " -"group ID." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:78 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Modifica</emphasis> (un utente selezionato)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:80 -msgid "" -"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " -"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:83 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informazioni sull'account</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/userdrake.xml:87 -msgid "userdrake2.png" -msgstr "userdrake2.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:91 -msgid "" -"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " -"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:95 -msgid "" -"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " -"as the account is locked." -msgstr "" -"La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile " -"sino a quando l'account resta bloccato." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:98 -msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." -msgstr "E' possibile cambiare l'icona." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:100 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " -"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " -"password periodically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/userdrake.xml:106 -msgid "userdrake3.png" -msgstr "userdrake3.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:110 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " -"that the user is a member of." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:114 -msgid "" -"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " -"effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "" -"Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non " -"saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:118 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:120 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " -"group name." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " -"users who are members of the group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:126 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Cancella</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:128 -msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:133 -msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:136 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Ricarica</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:138 -msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:141 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Account ospite</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/userdrake.xml:143 -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " -"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " -"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " -"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " -"account</guimenu>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:3 -msgid "Set up the graphical server" -msgstr "Configura il sistema grafico" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:5 -msgid "XFdrake" -msgstr "XFdrake" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:10 -msgid "XFdrake.png" -msgstr "XFdrake.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:14 -msgid "" -"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 -msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." -msgstr "Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " -"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " -"one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 -msgid "" -"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " -"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " -"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " -"Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 -msgid "" -"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " -"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " -"in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 -msgid "" -"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " -"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " -"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 -msgid "" -"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 -msgid "" -"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " -"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Risoluzione:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 -msgid "" -"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " -"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "" -"Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e " -"la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 -msgid "XFdrake1.png" -msgstr "XFdrake1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " -"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " -"of what the selected color depth looks like." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 -msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " -"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " -"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " -"select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 -msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." -msgstr "" -"Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per " -"cambiarla." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 -msgid "" -"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " -"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "" -"A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il " -"logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 -msgid "" -"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " -"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " -"graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "" -"Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test " -"prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora " -"che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 -msgid "" -"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 -msgid "" -"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " -"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " -"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 -msgid "Options:" -msgstr "Opzioni:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" -"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " -"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " -"three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 -msgid "" -"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 -msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " -"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " -"and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" - -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" - -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" - -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "Draksound1.png" -#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png" - -#~ msgid "drakboot --boot" -#~ msgstr "drakboot --boot" - -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" |